ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.108
Committed: Sat Jul 28 04:15:15 2018 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.107: +5 -4 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.107 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.28 (Pod::Simple 3.29)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59     .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{
60     . if \nF \{
61     . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.100 . if !\nF==2 \{
65     . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.108 .TH LIBEV 3 "2017-11-14" "libev-4.24" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
246     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
247     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
248 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
398 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
399 root 1.9 .Sp
400     .Vb 6
401     \& static void *
402 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
403 root 1.9 \& {
404     \& for (;;)
405     \& {
406     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
407 root 1.60 \&
408 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
409     \& return newptr;
410 root 1.60 \&
411 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
412     \& }
413     \& }
414 root 1.60 \&
415 root 1.9 \& ...
416     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
417     .Ve
418 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
419     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
420 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
421 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
422     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
423 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
424 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
425     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
426     (such as abort).
427 root 1.9 .Sp
428 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
429 root 1.9 .Sp
430     .Vb 6
431     \& static void
432     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
433     \& {
434     \& perror (msg);
435     \& abort ();
436     \& }
437 root 1.60 \&
438 root 1.9 \& ...
439     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
440     .Ve
441 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
442     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
443     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
444     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
445     handlers or random threads.
446     .Sp
447     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
448     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
449     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
450     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
451     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
452     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
453 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
454     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
455     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
456     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
457     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
458 root 1.73 .PP
459     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
460 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
461     do not.
462 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
463     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
464 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
465     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
466     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
467     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
468     .Sp
469     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
470     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
471     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
472     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
473     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
474 root 1.1 .Sp
475     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
476 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
477 root 1.1 .Sp
478 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
479 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
480     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
481     threads anyway).
482     .Sp
483     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
484     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
485     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
486     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
487     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
488     .Sp
489     Example: This is the most typical usage.
490     .Sp
491     .Vb 2
492     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
493     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
494     .Ve
495     .Sp
496     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
497     environment settings to be taken into account:
498     .Sp
499     .Vb 1
500     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
501     .Ve
502     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
503     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
504     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
505     could not be initialised, returns false.
506 root 1.63 .Sp
507 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
508     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
509     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
510 root 1.60 .Sp
511 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
512 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
513 root 1.1 .Sp
514 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
515 root 1.1 .RS 4
516     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
517     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
518     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
519     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
520     thing, believe me).
521     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
524 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
525 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
526     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
527     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
528 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
529     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
530     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
531     thread modifies them).
532 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
533     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
534     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
535 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
536     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
537 root 1.35 .Sp
538     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
539     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
540 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
541 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
542     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
543     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
544     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
545 root 1.35 .Sp
546     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
547 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
548     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
549 root 1.35 .Sp
550 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
551 root 1.35 environment variable.
552 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
553     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
554     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
555     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
556 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
557 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
558     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
559 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
560     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
561     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
562     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
563 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
564 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
565     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
566     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
567     threads that are not interested in handling them.
568     .Sp
569     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
570     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
571     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
572 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
573     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
574     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
575     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
576 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
577 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
578     .Sp
579     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
580     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
581     unblocking the signals.
582     .Sp
583 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
584     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
585     .Sp
586 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
587 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
588     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
589 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
590 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
591     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
592     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
593 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
594 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
595 root 1.58 .Sp
596     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
597 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
598 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
599     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
600     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
601 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
602 root 1.71 .Sp
603     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
604     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
605     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
606 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
607     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
608 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
609 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
610     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
611     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
612     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
613     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
614     performance tips.
615 root 1.71 .Sp
616     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
617     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
618 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
619     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
620 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
621 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
622     kernels).
623     .Sp
624 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
625     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
626     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
627     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
628 root 1.73 .Sp
629     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
630     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
631     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
632 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
633     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
634     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
635     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
636     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
637     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
638     and is of course hard to detect.
639 root 1.73 .Sp
640 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
641     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
642     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
643     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
644     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
645     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
646     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
647     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
648     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
649     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
650 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
651     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
652 root 1.3 .Sp
653 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
654     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
655     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
656 root 1.84 .Sp
657 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
658 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
659     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
660     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
661     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
662     file descriptors.
663 root 1.58 .Sp
664     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
665 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
666     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
667     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
668 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
669     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
670     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
671 root 1.58 .Sp
672 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
673     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
674     the usage. So sad.
675     .Sp
676 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
677 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
678 root 1.71 .Sp
679     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
680     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
681 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
682     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
683 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
684 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
685     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
686     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
687     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
688     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
689     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
690     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
691     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
692     system like NetBSD.
693 root 1.3 .Sp
694 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
695     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
696     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
697     .Sp
698 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
699 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
700     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
701 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
702 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
703     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
704 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
705 root 1.58 .Sp
706     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
707     .Sp
708     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
709     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
710     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
711     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
712 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
713 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
714 root 1.71 .Sp
715     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
716     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
717     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
718 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
719     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
720     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
721 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
722     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
723     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
724     immensely.
725 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
726     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
727 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
728 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
729 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
730 root 1.7 .Sp
731 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
732     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
733     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
734     might perform better.
735 root 1.60 .Sp
736 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
737     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
738     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
739     hacks).
740     .Sp
741     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
742     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
743 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
744 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
745 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
746     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
747     to re-arm the watcher.
748 root 1.85 .Sp
749     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
750 root 1.71 .Sp
751     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
752     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
753 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
754     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
755     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
756 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
757     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
758 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
759 root 1.58 .Sp
760 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
761     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
762     at all.
763     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
764     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
765     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
766     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
767     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
768     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
769 root 1.1 .RE
770     .RS 4
771 root 1.3 .Sp
772 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
773     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
774     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
775     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
776 root 1.8 .Sp
777 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
778 root 1.8 .Sp
779 root 1.82 .Vb 3
780     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
781     \& if (!epoller)
782     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
783 root 1.8 .Ve
784     .Sp
785 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
786 root 1.82 used if available.
787 root 1.8 .Sp
788     .Vb 1
789 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
790 root 1.8 .Ve
791 root 1.1 .RE
792 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
793     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
794     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
795 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
796     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
797 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
798 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
799 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
800 root 1.12 for example).
801 root 1.52 .Sp
802 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
803     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
804     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
805 root 1.52 .Sp
806 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
807     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
808     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
809     .Sp
810     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
811 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
812 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
813     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
814     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
815     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
816 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
817     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
818     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
819     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
820     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
821     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
822 root 1.82 .Sp
823 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
824     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
825     .Sp
826 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
827 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
828     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
829     during fork.
830 root 1.60 .Sp
831     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
832 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
833     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
834     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
835     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
836     costly reset of the backend).
837 root 1.1 .Sp
838     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
839 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
840     .Sp
841     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
842     using pthreads.
843 root 1.1 .Sp
844 root 1.82 .Vb 5
845     \& static void
846     \& post_fork_child (void)
847     \& {
848     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
849     \& }
850     \&
851     \& ...
852     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
853 root 1.1 .Ve
854 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
855     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
856 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
857     otherwise.
858 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
859     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
860     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
861     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
862     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
863 root 1.37 .Sp
864     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
865     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
866 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
867     prepare and check phases.
868     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
869     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
870     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
871 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
872 root 1.79 .Sp
873 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
874     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
875 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
876     .Sp
877 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
878     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
879     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
880     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
881 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
882     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
883     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
884 root 1.1 use.
885     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
886     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
887     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
888 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
889     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
890     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
891 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
892 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
893     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
894     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
895     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
896 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
897 root 1.71 .Sp
898     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
899     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
900     the current time is a good idea.
901     .Sp
902     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
903 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
904     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
905     .PD 0
906     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
907     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
908     .PD
909 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
910     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
911 root 1.78 .Sp
912     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
913     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
914     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
915     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
916     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
917     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
918     .Sp
919     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
920     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
921     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
922 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
923 root 1.78 .Sp
924     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
925     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
926     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
927     .Sp
928     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
929     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
930 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
931     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
932 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
933 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
934 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
935 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
936 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
937 root 1.1 .Sp
938 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
939     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
940     called.
941 root 1.1 .Sp
942 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
943     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
944     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
945     .Sp
946 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
947 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
948 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
949     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
950     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
951     beauty.
952 root 1.9 .Sp
953 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
954     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
955 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
956     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
957     .Sp
958 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
959     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
960     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
961     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
962     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
963 root 1.1 .Sp
964 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
965 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
966     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
967 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
968 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
969     iteration of the loop.
970     .Sp
971     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
972     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
973 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
974 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
975     .Sp
976 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
977     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
978     future versions):
979 root 1.8 .Sp
980 root 1.60 .Vb 10
981 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
982     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
983 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
984 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
985     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
986 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
987 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
988 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
989 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
990     \& as to not disturb the other process.
991 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
992 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
993 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
994 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
995 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
996     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
997 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
998 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
999     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1000 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1001     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1002     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1003 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1004 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1005     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1006 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1007     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1008 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1009     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1010     \& continue with step LOOP.
1011     \& FINISH:
1012     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1013     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1014     \& \- Return.
1015 root 1.2 .Ve
1016 root 1.9 .Sp
1017 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1018 root 1.9 anymore.
1019     .Sp
1020     .Vb 4
1021     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1022     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1023 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1024 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1025 root 1.9 .Ve
1026 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1027     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1028     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1029 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1030 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1031     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1032 root 1.60 .Sp
1033 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1034 root 1.72 .Sp
1035 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1036     which case it will have no effect.
1037 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1038     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1039     .PD 0
1040     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1041     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1042     .PD
1043     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1044     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1045 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1046 root 1.71 .Sp
1047 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1048 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1049 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1050     before stopping it.
1051 root 1.71 .Sp
1052 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1053 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1054 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1055     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1056     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1057     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1058     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1059     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1060     in the callback).
1061 root 1.9 .Sp
1062 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1063 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1064     .Sp
1065     .Vb 4
1066 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1067 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1068     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1069 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1070 root 1.9 .Ve
1071     .Sp
1072 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1073 root 1.9 .Sp
1074     .Vb 2
1075 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1076     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1077 root 1.9 .Ve
1078 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1079     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1080 root 1.56 .PD 0
1081 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1082     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1083 root 1.56 .PD
1084     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1085 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1086     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1087     latency.
1088 root 1.56 .Sp
1089     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1090 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1091     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1092     opportunities).
1093     .Sp
1094     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1095     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1096     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1097 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1098     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1099     .Sp
1100     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1101     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1102     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1103 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1104 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1105     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1106 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1107     good enough).
1108 root 1.56 .Sp
1109     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1110     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1111 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1112     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1113     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1114 root 1.56 .Sp
1115 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1116 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1117     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1118     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1119 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1120     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1121     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1122     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1123 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1124 root 1.71 .Sp
1125     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1126     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1127     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1128     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1129     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1130     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1131 root 1.79 .Sp
1132     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1133     more often than 100 times per second:
1134     .Sp
1135     .Vb 2
1136     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1137     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1138     .Ve
1139     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1140     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1141     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1142 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1143     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1144     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1145     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1146     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1147     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1148 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1149     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1150     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1151     are pending.
1152     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1153     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1154     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1155 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1156 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1157     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1158     .Sp
1159     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1160     callback.
1161 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1162     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1163 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1164     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1165     each call to a libev function.
1166     .Sp
1167 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1168     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1169 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1170 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1171 root 1.79 .Sp
1172     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1173     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1174     afterwards.
1175     .Sp
1176     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1177     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1178     .Sp
1179     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1180     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1181     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1182     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1183 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1184 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1185     .Sp
1186 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1187 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1188     .Sp
1189     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1190     document.
1191     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1192     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1193     .PD 0
1194 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1195     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1196 root 1.79 .PD
1197     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1198     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1199 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1200 root 1.79 .Sp
1201     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1202     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1203     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1204     any other purpose as well.
1205 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1206     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1207 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1208 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1209 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1210     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1211     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1212 root 1.67 .Sp
1213     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1214     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1215     data structures consistent.
1216 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1217     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1218 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1219     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1220     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1221     .PP
1222 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1223     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1224     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1225     for that:
1226 root 1.1 .PP
1227     .Vb 5
1228 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1229 root 1.68 \& {
1230     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1231 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1232 root 1.68 \& }
1233     \&
1234     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1235 root 1.73 \&
1236     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1237     \&
1238 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1239     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1240     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1241 root 1.73 \&
1242 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1243 root 1.1 .Ve
1244     .PP
1245     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1246 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1247     stack).
1248     .PP
1249     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1250     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1251 root 1.1 .PP
1252 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1253     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1254     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1255     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1256     and/or writable).
1257 root 1.1 .PP
1258 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1259     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1260     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1261 root 1.1 .PP
1262     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1263 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1264 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1265 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1266 root 1.1 .PP
1267     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1268     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1269 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1270 root 1.1 .PP
1271     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1272     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1273     third argument.
1274     .PP
1275     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1276     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1277     are:
1278     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1279     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1280     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1281     .PD 0
1282     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1283     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1284     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1285     .PD
1286     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1287     writable.
1288 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1289     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1290     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1291 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1292     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1293     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1294     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1295     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1296     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1297     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1298     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1299     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1300     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1301     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1302     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1303     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1304 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1305     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1306     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1307     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1308 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1309     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1310     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1311     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1312     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1313     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1314     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1315     .PD 0
1316     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1317     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1318     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1319     .PD
1320 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1321     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1322     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1323     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1324     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1325     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1326     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1327     .Sp
1328     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1329     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1330     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1331     blocking).
1332 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1333     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1334     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1335     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1336     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1337     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1338     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1339     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1340     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1341 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1342     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1343     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1344     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1345 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1346     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1347     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1348     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1349 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1350     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1351     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1352     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1353     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1354 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1355     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1356     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1357 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1358 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1359     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1360 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1361     .Sp
1362     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1363     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1364     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1365     bug in your program.
1366 root 1.1 .Sp
1367 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1368     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1369     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1370     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1371     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1372     thing, so beware.
1373 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1374 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1375 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1376     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1377     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1378     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1379     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1380     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1381     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1382     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1383     which rolls both calls into one.
1384     .Sp
1385     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1386     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1387     .Sp
1388 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1389 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1390 root 1.71 .Sp
1391     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1392     .Sp
1393     .Vb 3
1394     \& ev_io w;
1395     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1396     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1397     .Ve
1398 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1399     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1400     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1401 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1402     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1403     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1404     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1405     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1406     .Sp
1407     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1408     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1409 root 1.71 .Sp
1410     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1411 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1412     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1413     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1414 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1415     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1416 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1417 root 1.71 .Sp
1418     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1419     .Sp
1420     .Vb 1
1421     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1422     .Ve
1423 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1424     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1425     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1426 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1427     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1428 root 1.71 .Sp
1429     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1430     whole section.
1431     .Sp
1432     .Vb 1
1433     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1434     .Ve
1435 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1436     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1437     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1438 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1439     the watcher was active or not).
1440     .Sp
1441     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1442     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1443     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1444     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1445     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1446 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1447     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1448     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1449     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1450     it.
1451     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1452     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1453     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1454     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1455     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1456 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1457     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1458     it).
1459 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1460     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1461 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1462 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1463     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1464 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1465     (modulo threads).
1466 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1467     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1468 root 1.37 .PD 0
1469     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1470     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1471     .PD
1472     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1473     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1474     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1475     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1476     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1477     .Sp
1478     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1479     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1480     .Sp
1481 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1482     pending.
1483     .Sp
1484 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1485     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1486     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1487     .Sp
1488 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1489     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1490     .Sp
1491 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1492 root 1.78 priorities.
1493 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1494     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1495     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1496     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1497 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1498     callback.
1499 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1500     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1501 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1502     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1503 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1504 root 1.71 .Sp
1505     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1506     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1507 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1508     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1509     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1510     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1511     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1512     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1513     .Sp
1514     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1515     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1516     not started in the first place.
1517     .Sp
1518     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1519     functions that do not need a watcher.
1520 root 1.1 .PP
1521 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1522     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1523     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1524 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1525     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1526     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1527     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1528     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1529 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1530     .IX Item "initialised"
1531 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1532 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1533     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1534     .Sp
1535 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1536     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1537     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1538     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1539 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1540     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1541     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1542     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1543     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1544     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1545     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1546     .IP "pending" 4
1547     .IX Item "pending"
1548     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1549     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1550     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1551     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1552     callback.
1553     .Sp
1554     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1555     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1556     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1557     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1558     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1559     previous item still apply.
1560     .Sp
1561     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1562     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1563     active.
1564     .IP "stopped" 4
1565     .IX Item "stopped"
1566     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1567     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1568     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1569     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1570     freeing it is often a good idea.
1571     .Sp
1572     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1573 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1574     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1575     it again).
1576 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1577 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1578     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1579     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1580     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1581     .PP
1582     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1583     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1584     range.
1585     .PP
1586     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1587     by event loops:
1588     .PP
1589     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1590     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1591     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1592     .PP
1593     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1594     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1595     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1596     before polling for new events.
1597     .PP
1598     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1599     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1600     .PP
1601     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1602     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1603     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1604     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1605     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1606     priority ones.
1607     .PP
1608     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1609     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1610     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1611     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1612     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1613     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1614     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1615     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1616     always, what you want).
1617     .PP
1618     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1619     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1620     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1621     required.
1622     .PP
1623     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1624     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1625     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1626     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1627 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1628 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1629     workable.
1630     .PP
1631     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1632     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1633     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1634     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1635     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1636     .PP
1637     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1638     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1639     other events are pending:
1640     .PP
1641     .Vb 2
1642     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1643     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1644     \&
1645     \& static void
1646     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1647     \& {
1648     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1649     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1650     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1651     \&
1652 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1653 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1654     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1655     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1656     \& }
1657     \&
1658     \& static void
1659 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1660 root 1.78 \& {
1661     \& // actual processing
1662     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1663     \&
1664     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1665     \& // we have handled the event
1666     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1667     \& }
1668     \&
1669     \& // initialisation
1670     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1671     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1672     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1673     .Ve
1674     .PP
1675     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1676     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1677     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1678     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1679     important ones.
1680 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1681     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1682     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1683 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1684     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1685     .PP
1686     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1687     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1688     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1689     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1690     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1691     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1692     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1693     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1694 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1695     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1696 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1697 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1698 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1699     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1700     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1701     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1702     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1703     receive future events.
1704 root 1.1 .PP
1705     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1706     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1707     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1708     required if you know what you are doing).
1709     .PP
1710 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1711 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1712 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1713 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1714     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1715     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1716     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1717 root 1.17 .PP
1718 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1719     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1720     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1721 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1722     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1723 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1724     indefinitely.
1725     .PP
1726     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1727 root 1.49 .PP
1728     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1729     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1730     .PP
1731 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1732 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1733     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1734 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1735     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1736     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1737     fact, a different file descriptor.
1738     .PP
1739     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1740     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1741     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1742     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1743     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1744     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1745     .PP
1746     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1747     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1748     optimisations to libev.
1749 root 1.50 .PP
1750 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1751     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1752 root 1.54 .PP
1753     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1754 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1755     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1756     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1757 root 1.54 .PP
1758 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1759     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1760 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1761     .PP
1762 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1763     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1764     .PP
1765     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1766     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1767     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1768     .PP
1769     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1770     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1771     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1772     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1773     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1774     .PP
1775     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1776     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1777     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1778     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1779     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1780     .PP
1781     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1782     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1783     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1784 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1785 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1786     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1787     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1788     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1789     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1790     .PP
1791     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1792 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1793 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1794     reuse the same code path.
1795     .PP
1796 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1797     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1798     .PP
1799     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1800     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1801 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1802 root 1.54 .PP
1803 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1804     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1805     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1806 root 1.54 .PP
1807 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1808     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1809     .PP
1810 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1811     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1812 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1813 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1814 root 1.63 .PP
1815     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1816 root 1.100 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE \s0(and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1817 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1818     .PP
1819 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1820     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1821     .PP
1822 root 1.100 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX \s0\f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1823 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1824     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1825     .PP
1826     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1827     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1828     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1829     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1830     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1831     .PP
1832     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1833     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1834     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1835     cope with overload is known (to me).
1836     .PP
1837     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1838     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1839     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1840     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1841     .PP
1842     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1843     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1844     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1845     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1846     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1847     usage.
1848     .PP
1849     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1850     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1851     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1852     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1853     clients under typical overload conditions.
1854     .PP
1855     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1856     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1857     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1858     .PP
1859 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1860     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1861 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1862     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1863     .PD 0
1864     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1865     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1866     .PD
1867 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1868 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1869     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1870 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1871     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1872     The file descriptor being watched.
1873     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1874     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1875     The events being watched.
1876 root 1.9 .PP
1877 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1878     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1879     .PP
1880 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1881 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1882 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1883 root 1.9 .PP
1884     .Vb 6
1885 root 1.68 \& static void
1886 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1887 root 1.68 \& {
1888     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1889 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1890 root 1.68 \& }
1891     \&
1892     \& ...
1893     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1894 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1895 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1896     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1897 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1898 root 1.9 .Ve
1899 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1900     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1901 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1902 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1903     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1904     .PP
1905     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1906 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1907 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1908 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1909 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1910     .PP
1911 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1912 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1913 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1914     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1915     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1916     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1917     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1918 root 1.71 .PP
1919 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1920     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1921     .PP
1922     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1923     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1924     you want to raise some error after a while.
1925     .PP
1926     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1927     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1928     .PP
1929     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1930     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1931     data or other life sign was received).
1932     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1933     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1934     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1935     start the watcher:
1936     .Sp
1937     .Vb 2
1938     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1939     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1940     .Ve
1941     .Sp
1942     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1943     and start it again:
1944     .Sp
1945     .Vb 3
1946     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1947     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1948     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1949     .Ve
1950     .Sp
1951     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1952     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1953     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1954     still not a constant-time operation.
1955     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1956     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1957     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1958     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1959     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1960     .Sp
1961     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1962     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1963     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1964     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1965     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1966     .Sp
1967     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1968     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1969     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1970     .Sp
1971     At start:
1972     .Sp
1973     .Vb 3
1974 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1975 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1976     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1977     .Ve
1978     .Sp
1979     Each time there is some activity:
1980     .Sp
1981     .Vb 1
1982     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1983     .Ve
1984     .Sp
1985     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1986     whether the watcher is active or not:
1987     .Sp
1988     .Vb 2
1989     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1990     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1991     .Ve
1992     .Sp
1993     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1994     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1995     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1996     .Sp
1997     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1998     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1999     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2000     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2001     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2002     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2003     associated activity resets.
2004     .Sp
2005     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2006     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2007     within the callback:
2008     .Sp
2009 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2010     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2011 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2012 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2013 root 1.73 \&
2014     \& static void
2015     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2016     \& {
2017 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2018     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2019 root 1.73 \&
2020 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2021 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2022 root 1.73 \& {
2023 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2024 root 1.73 \& }
2025     \& else
2026     \& {
2027 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2028     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2029     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2030     \& // the timeout can occur.
2031     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2032     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2033 root 1.73 \& }
2034     \& }
2035     .Ve
2036     .Sp
2037 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2038     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2039     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2040     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2041     .Sp
2042     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2043     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2044     .Sp
2045     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2046     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2047     .Sp
2048     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2049 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2050 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2051 root 1.73 .Sp
2052     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2053     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2054     libev to change the timeout.
2055     .Sp
2056 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2057     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2058     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2059     the timer:
2060 root 1.73 .Sp
2061     .Vb 3
2062 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2063     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2064     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2065 root 1.73 .Ve
2066     .Sp
2067 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2068 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2069     .Sp
2070 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2071     \& if (activity detected)
2072     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2073     .Ve
2074     .Sp
2075     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2076     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2077 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2078 root 1.88 .Sp
2079     .Vb 3
2080     \& timeout = new_value;
2081     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2082     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2083 root 1.73 .Ve
2084     .Sp
2085     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2086     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2087     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2088     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2089     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2090     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2091     do even better:
2092     .Sp
2093     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2094     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2095     .Sp
2096     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2097     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2098     .Sp
2099     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2100     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2101     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2102     .Sp
2103     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2104     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2105     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2106     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2107     .PP
2108     So which method the best?
2109     .PP
2110     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2111     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2112     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2113     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2114     .PP
2115     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2116     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2117     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2118     overkill :)
2119     .PP
2120 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2121     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2122     .PP
2123     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2124     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2125     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2126     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2127     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2128     .PP
2129     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2130     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2131     .PP
2132     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2133     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2134     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2135     expect.
2136     .PP
2137     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2138     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2139     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2140     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2141     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2142     .PP
2143     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2144     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2145     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2146     intentions.
2147     .PP
2148     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2149     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2150     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2151     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2152     .PP
2153     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2154     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2155     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2156     late\*(R" side of things.
2157     .PP
2158 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2159     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2160     .PP
2161 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2162     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2163 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2164 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2165     lots of events in one iteration.
2166     .PP
2167 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2168     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2169 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2170 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2171 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2172     for it:
2173 root 1.1 .PP
2174     .Vb 1
2175 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2176 root 1.1 .Ve
2177 root 1.2 .PP
2178 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2179     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2180 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2181     further into the future.
2182 root 1.50 .PP
2183 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2184     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2185     .PP
2186     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2187     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2188     jumps).
2189     .PP
2190     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2191     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2192     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2193     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2194     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2195     .PP
2196     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2197     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2198     a second or so.
2199     .PP
2200     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2201     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2202     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2203     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2204     .PP
2205     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2206     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2207     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2208     .PP
2209     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2210     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2211     exactly the right behaviour.
2212     .PP
2213     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2214     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2215     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2216     .PP
2217 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2218     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2219     .PP
2220     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2221     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2222     .PP
2223     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2224     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2225     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2226     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2227     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2228     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2229     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2230     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2231     be adjusted accordingly.
2232     .PP
2233     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2234     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2235     .PP
2236     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2237     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2238     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2239     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2240     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2241     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2242     .PP
2243     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2244     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2245     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2246     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2247     .PP
2248 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2249     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2250 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2251     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2252     .PD 0
2253     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2254     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2255     .PD
2256 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2257     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2258     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2259     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2260     until stopped manually.
2261     .Sp
2262     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2263     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2264     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2265     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2266     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2267 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2268     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2269 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2270     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2271     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2272 root 1.1 .Sp
2273 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2274     applied to the watcher:
2275     .RS 4
2276     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2277     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2278     .PD 0
2279     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2280     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2281     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2282     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2283     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2284     .RE
2285     .RS 4
2286     .PD
2287 root 1.1 .Sp
2288 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2289     usage example.
2290 root 1.88 .RE
2291 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2292     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2293 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2294     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2295     the timeout value currently configured.
2296     .Sp
2297     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2298 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2299 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2300     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2301     too), and so on.
2302 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2303     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2304     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2305 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2306 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2307 root 1.9 .PP
2308 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2309     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2310     .PP
2311 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2312 root 1.9 .PP
2313     .Vb 5
2314 root 1.68 \& static void
2315 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2316 root 1.68 \& {
2317     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2318     \& }
2319     \&
2320 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2321 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2322     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2323 root 1.9 .Ve
2324     .PP
2325 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2326 root 1.9 inactivity.
2327     .PP
2328     .Vb 5
2329 root 1.68 \& static void
2330 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2331 root 1.68 \& {
2332     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2333     \& }
2334     \&
2335 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2336 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2337     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2338 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2339 root 1.68 \&
2340     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2341     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2342     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2343 root 1.9 .Ve
2344 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2345     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2346 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2347 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2348     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2349     .PP
2350 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2351     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2352 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2353 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2354     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2355     wrist-watch).
2356     .PP
2357     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2358     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2359     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2360     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2361     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2362     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2363     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2364     .PP
2365     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2366     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2367     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2368     those cannot react to time jumps.
2369 root 1.2 .PP
2370 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2371 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2372     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2373     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2374 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2375 root 1.50 .PP
2376     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2377     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2378 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2379     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2380 root 1.1 .PD 0
2381 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2382     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2383 root 1.1 .PD
2384 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2385 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2386 root 1.1 .RS 4
2387 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2388 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2389 root 1.60 .Sp
2390 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2391 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2392     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2393     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2394     this point in time.
2395 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2396 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2397 root 1.60 .Sp
2398 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2399 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2400     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2401     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2402 root 1.1 .Sp
2403 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2404 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2405     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2406 root 1.1 .Sp
2407     .Vb 1
2408     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2409     .Ve
2410     .Sp
2411     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2412 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2413 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2414     by 3600.
2415     .Sp
2416     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2417     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2418 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2419 root 1.46 .Sp
2420 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2421     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2422     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2423     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2424     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2425     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2426 root 1.67 .Sp
2427 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2428 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2429 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2430 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2431 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2432 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2433 root 1.60 .Sp
2434 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2435 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2436     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2437     current time as second argument.
2438     .Sp
2439 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2440 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2441     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2442 root 1.67 .Sp
2443     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2444     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2445     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2446 root 1.1 .Sp
2447 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2448 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2449 root 1.1 .Sp
2450 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2451     \& static ev_tstamp
2452     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2453 root 1.1 \& {
2454     \& return now + 60.;
2455     \& }
2456     .Ve
2457     .Sp
2458     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2459     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2460     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2461     might be called at other times, too.
2462     .Sp
2463 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2464 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2465 root 1.1 .Sp
2466     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2467 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2468 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2469     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2470     reason I omitted it as an example).
2471     .RE
2472     .RS 4
2473     .RE
2474     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2475     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2476     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2477     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2478     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2479     program when the crontabs have changed).
2480 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2481     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2482 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2483     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2484     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2485     rescheduling modes.
2486 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2487     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2488     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2489 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2490     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2491 root 1.46 .Sp
2492     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2493     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2494 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2495     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2496     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2497     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2498     called.
2499 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2500     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2501 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2502     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2503     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2504 root 1.9 .PP
2505 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2506     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2507     .PP
2508 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2509 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2510 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2511 root 1.9 .PP
2512     .Vb 5
2513 root 1.68 \& static void
2514 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2515 root 1.68 \& {
2516     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2517     \& }
2518     \&
2519 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2520 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2521     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2522 root 1.9 .Ve
2523     .PP
2524 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2525 root 1.9 .PP
2526     .Vb 1
2527 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2528 root 1.60 \&
2529 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2530 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2531 root 1.68 \& {
2532 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2533 root 1.68 \& }
2534 root 1.60 \&
2535 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2536 root 1.9 .Ve
2537     .PP
2538 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2539 root 1.9 .PP
2540     .Vb 4
2541 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2542 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2543     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2544     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2545 root 1.9 .Ve
2546 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2547     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2548 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2549 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2550     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2551 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2552 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2553     .PP
2554 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2555     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2556     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2557     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2558     .PP
2559     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2560     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2561     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2562     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2563     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2564 root 1.71 .PP
2565 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2566     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2567     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2568 root 1.80 .PP
2569 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2570 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2571     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2572     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2573     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2574 root 1.61 .PP
2575 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2576     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2577     .PP
2578     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2579     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2580     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2581 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2582     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2583 root 1.81 .PP
2584     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2585     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2586     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2587     certain signals to be blocked.
2588     .PP
2589     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2590     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2591     choice usually).
2592     .PP
2593     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2594     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2595     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2596     .PP
2597     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2598 root 1.100 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API \s0(\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2599 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2600     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2601     .PP
2602     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2603     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2604     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2605     .PP
2606 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2607     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2608     .PP
2609     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2610     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2611     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2612     .PP
2613     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2614     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2615     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2616     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2617     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2618     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2619     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2620     .PP
2621 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2622     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2623 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2624     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2625     .PD 0
2626     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2627     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2628     .PD
2629     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2630     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2631 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2632     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2633     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2634 root 1.61 .PP
2635     \fIExamples\fR
2636     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2637     .PP
2638 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2639 root 1.61 .PP
2640     .Vb 5
2641 root 1.68 \& static void
2642 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2643 root 1.68 \& {
2644 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2645 root 1.68 \& }
2646     \&
2647 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2648 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2649 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2650 root 1.61 .Ve
2651 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2652     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2653 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2654 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2655 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2656     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2657     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2658     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2659     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2660 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2661     in the next callback invocation is not.
2662 root 1.61 .PP
2663     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2664 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2665 root 1.61 .PP
2666 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2667     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2668     libev)
2669     .PP
2670 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2671     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2672     .PP
2673     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2674 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2675     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2676 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2677     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2678     children, even ones not watched.
2679     .PP
2680     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2681     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2682     .PP
2683     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2684     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2685     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2686     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2687     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2688     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2689     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2690 root 1.50 .PP
2691 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2692     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2693     .PP
2694     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2695     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2696     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2697 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2698     problem).
2699 root 1.71 .PP
2700 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2701     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2702 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2703     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2704 root 1.1 .PD 0
2705 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2706     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2707 root 1.1 .PD
2708     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2709     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2710     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2711     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2712     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2713 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2714     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2715     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2716 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2717     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2718     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2719     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2720     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2721     The process id that detected a status change.
2722     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2723     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2724     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2725     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2726 root 1.9 .PP
2727 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2728     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2729     .PP
2730 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2731     its completion.
2732 root 1.9 .PP
2733 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2734 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2735 root 1.61 \&
2736 root 1.68 \& static void
2737 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2738 root 1.68 \& {
2739     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2740     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2741     \& }
2742     \&
2743     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2744     \&
2745     \& if (pid < 0)
2746     \& // error
2747     \& else if (pid == 0)
2748     \& {
2749     \& // the forked child executes here
2750     \& exit (1);
2751     \& }
2752     \& else
2753     \& {
2754     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2755     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2756     \& }
2757 root 1.9 .Ve
2758 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2759     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2760 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2761 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2762 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2763 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2764     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2765     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2766 root 1.22 .PP
2767     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2768 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2769     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2770     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2771     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2772     contents.
2773 root 1.22 .PP
2774 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2775     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2776     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2777     .PP
2778     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2779     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2780     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2781     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2782     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2783     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2784     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2785     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2786 root 1.22 .PP
2787     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2788     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2789 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2790 root 1.22 .PP
2791 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2792 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2793     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2794     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2795 root 1.50 .PP
2796 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2797     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2798     .PP
2799     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2800 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2801     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2802 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2803     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2804     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2805 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2806 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2807 root 1.69 .PP
2808     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2809     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2810     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2811     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2812     default compilation environment.
2813 root 1.63 .PP
2814 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2815     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2816 root 1.59 .PP
2817 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2818     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2819     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2820     watcher is being started.
2821 root 1.59 .PP
2822 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2823 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2824 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2825 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2826 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2827     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2828     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2829     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2830 root 1.59 .PP
2831 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2832 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2833 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2834     etc. is difficult.
2835 root 1.59 .PP
2836 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2837     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2838     .PP
2839     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2840     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2841     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2842     .PP
2843     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2844     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2845 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2846 root 1.74 watcher).
2847     .PP
2848     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2849     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2850     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2851     .PP
2852     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2853     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2854     .PP
2855 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2856     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2857     .PP
2858 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2859     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2860     still only support whole seconds.
2861 root 1.59 .PP
2862 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2863     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2864     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2865 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2866     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2867 root 1.65 .PP
2868     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2869 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2870 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2871     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2872     .PP
2873     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2874     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2875     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2876     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2877     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2878     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2879     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2880     the timer callback).
2881 root 1.59 .PP
2882 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2883     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2884 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2885     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2886     .PD 0
2887     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2888     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2889     .PD
2890     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2891     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2892     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2893     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2894     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2895     .Sp
2896 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2897     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2898     last change was detected).
2899 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2900     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2901 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2902 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2903     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2904     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2905     new values.
2906 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2907     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2908 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2909 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2910 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2911     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2912     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2913 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2914     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2915     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2916 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2917     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2918     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2919 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2920     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2921     The specified interval.
2922     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2923     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2924 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2925 root 1.22 .PP
2926 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2927     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2928     .PP
2929 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2930     .PP
2931 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2932 root 1.68 \& static void
2933     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2934     \& {
2935     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2936     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2937     \& {
2938     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2939     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2940     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2941     \& }
2942     \& else
2943     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2944     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2945     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2946     \& }
2947 root 1.60 \&
2948 root 1.68 \& ...
2949     \& ev_stat passwd;
2950 root 1.60 \&
2951 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2952     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2953 root 1.22 .Ve
2954 root 1.59 .PP
2955     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2956     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2957     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2958     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2959     .PP
2960     .Vb 2
2961 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2962     \& static ev_timer timer;
2963 root 1.60 \&
2964 root 1.68 \& static void
2965     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2966     \& {
2967     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2968     \&
2969     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2970     \& }
2971     \&
2972     \& static void
2973     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2974     \& {
2975     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2976     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2977     \& }
2978     \&
2979     \& ...
2980     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2981     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2982     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2983 root 1.59 .Ve
2984 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2985     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2986 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2987 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2988 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2989     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2990 root 1.37 .PP
2991     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2992     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2993     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2994     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2995     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2996     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2997 root 1.1 .PP
2998     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2999     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3000     .PP
3001     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3002     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3003 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3004 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3005 root 1.50 .PP
3006 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3007     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3008     .PP
3009     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3010     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3011     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3012     lowest priority will do.
3013     .PP
3014     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3015     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3016     between different connections.
3017     .PP
3018     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3019     example.
3020     .PP
3021 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3022     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3023 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3024     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3025 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3026     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3027     believe me.
3028 root 1.9 .PP
3029 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3030     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3031     .PP
3032 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3033     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3034 root 1.9 .PP
3035 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3036 root 1.68 \& static void
3037 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3038 root 1.68 \& {
3039 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3040     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3041     \&
3042     \& // now we can free it
3043 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3044 root 1.93 \&
3045 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3046     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3047     \& }
3048     \&
3049 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3050 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3051 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3052 root 1.9 .Ve
3053 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3054     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3055 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3056 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3057 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3058     afterwards.
3059     .PP
3060 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3061     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3062     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3063     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3064     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3065     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3066     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3067 root 1.20 .PP
3068 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3069 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3070 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3071 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3072     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3073     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3074     watcher).
3075 root 1.1 .PP
3076 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3077     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3078     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3079     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3080     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3081     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3082     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3083     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3084 root 1.1 .PP
3085     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3086     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3087     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3088     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3089     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3090     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3091     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3092     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3093 root 1.45 .PP
3094 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3095     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3096     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3097     watchers).
3098 root 1.71 .PP
3099     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3100     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3101     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3102     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3103     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3104     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3105     others).
3106 root 1.50 .PP
3107 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3108     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3109     .PP
3110     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3111     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3112     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3113     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3114     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3115     connections have a chance of making progress.
3116     .PP
3117     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3118     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3119     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3120     .PP
3121     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3122     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3123     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3124     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3125     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3126     .PP
3127 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3128     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3129 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3130     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3131     .PD 0
3132     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3133     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3134     .PD
3135     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3136     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3137 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3138     pointless.
3139 root 1.9 .PP
3140 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3141     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3142     .PP
3143 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3144     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3145     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3146 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3147     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3148     Glib event loop).
3149 root 1.44 .PP
3150     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3151     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3152     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3153     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3154     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3155 root 1.20 .PP
3156     .Vb 2
3157 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3158     \& static ev_timer tw;
3159     \&
3160     \& static void
3161 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3162 root 1.68 \& {
3163     \& }
3164     \&
3165     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3166     \& static void
3167 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3168 root 1.68 \& {
3169     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3170     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3171     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3172     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3173     \&
3174     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3175 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3176 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3177 root 1.60 \&
3178 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3179     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3180     \& {
3181     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3182     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3183     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3184     \&
3185     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3186     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3187     \& }
3188     \& }
3189     \&
3190     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3191     \& static void
3192 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3193 root 1.68 \& {
3194     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3195     \&
3196     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3197     \& {
3198     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3199     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3200     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3201     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3202     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3203     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3204 root 1.60 \&
3205 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3206     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3207     \& }
3208     \&
3209     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3210     \& }
3211 root 1.20 .Ve
3212 root 1.44 .PP
3213     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3214     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3215     .PP
3216     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3217 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3218 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3219     .PP
3220     .Vb 5
3221 root 1.68 \& static void
3222     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3223     \& {
3224     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3225     \& update_now (EV_A);
3226     \&
3227     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3228     \& }
3229     \&
3230     \& static void
3231     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3232     \& {
3233     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3234     \& update_now (EV_A);
3235 root 1.60 \&
3236 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3237     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3238     \& }
3239     \&
3240     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3241 root 1.44 .Ve
3242     .PP
3243     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3244 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3245     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3246 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3247 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3248     libglib event loop.
3249 root 1.44 .PP
3250     .Vb 4
3251 root 1.68 \& static gint
3252     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3253     \& {
3254     \& int got_events = 0;
3255     \&
3256     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3257     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3258     \&
3259     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3260     \& // create/start timer
3261     \&
3262     \& // poll
3263 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3264 root 1.68 \&
3265     \& // stop timer again
3266     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3267     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3268 root 1.60 \&
3269 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3270     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3271     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3272     \&
3273     \& return got_events;
3274     \& }
3275 root 1.44 .Ve
3276 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3277     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3278 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3279 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3280 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3281     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3282 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3283 root 1.10 .PP
3284     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3285     prioritise I/O.
3286     .PP
3287     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3288     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3289     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3290 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3291     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3292     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3293     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3294     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3295     .PP
3296     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3297     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3298     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3299     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3300     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3301 root 1.10 .PP
3302 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3303     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3304     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3305     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3307     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3308     .PP
3309     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3310     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3311     .PP
3312     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3313     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3314     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3315     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3316 root 1.10 .PP
3317 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3318 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3319     portable one.
3320     .PP
3321     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3322     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3323     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3324 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3325 root 1.50 .PP
3326 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3327     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3328     .PP
3329     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3330     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3331     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3332     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3333     as applicable.
3334     .PP
3335 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3336     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3337 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3338     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3339 root 1.10 .PD 0
3340 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3341     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3342 root 1.10 .PD
3343 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3344     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3345     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3346     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3347 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3348 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3349     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3350     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3351 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3352 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3353 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3354     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3355 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3356 root 1.60 .PP
3357     \fIExamples\fR
3358     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3359     .PP
3360     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3361     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3362 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3363     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3364 root 1.60 used).
3365     .PP
3366     .Vb 3
3367 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3368     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3369 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3370 root 1.102 \&
3371 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3372     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3373     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3374     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3375     \& : 0;
3376     \&
3377     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3378     \& if (loop_lo)
3379     \& {
3380     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3381     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3382     \& }
3383     \& else
3384     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3385 root 1.60 .Ve
3386     .PP
3387     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3388     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3389     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3390     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3391     .PP
3392     .Vb 3
3393 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3394     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3395 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3396 root 1.102 \&
3397 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3398     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3399     \& {
3400     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3401     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3402     \& }
3403 root 1.60 \&
3404 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3405     \& loop_socket = loop;
3406 root 1.60 \&
3407 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3408 root 1.60 .Ve
3409 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3410     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3411 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3412     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3413     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3414 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3415     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3416     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3417     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3418     of course.
3419 root 1.51 .PP
3420 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3421     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3422     .PP
3423 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3424 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3425     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3426     .PP
3427     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3428     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3429     fork.
3430     .PP
3431     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3432     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3433     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3434     .PP
3435     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3436     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3437     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3438     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3439     .PP
3440     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3441     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3442     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3443     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3444     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3445     signal watchers).
3446     .PP
3447     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3448     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3449 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3450     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3451     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3452     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3453     signal watchers.
3454 root 1.78 .PP
3455 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3456     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3457 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3458     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3459 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3460     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3461 root 1.82 really.
3462     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3463     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3464     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3465     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3466     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3467     .PP
3468     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3469     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3470     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3471     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3472     .PP
3473     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3474     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3475     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3476     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3477     .PP
3478     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3479     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3480     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3481     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3482     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3483     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3484     pointless, I assure you.
3485     .PP
3486     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3487     cleanup functions are called.
3488     .PP
3489     .Vb 5
3490     \& static void
3491     \& program_exits (void)
3492     \& {
3493     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3494     \& }
3495     \&
3496     \& ...
3497     \& atexit (program_exits);
3498     .Ve
3499     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3500     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3501     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3502 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3503 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3504     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3505     .PP
3506 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3507     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3508     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3509     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3510 root 1.61 .PP
3511     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3512     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3513     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3514 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3515 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3516     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3517     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3518 root 1.61 .PP
3519     \fIQueueing\fR
3520     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3521     .PP
3522     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3523     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3524     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3525 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3526     semantics.
3527 root 1.61 .PP
3528     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3529 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3530 root 1.61 queue:
3531     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3532     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3533     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3534 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3535     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3536 root 1.61 .Sp
3537     .Vb 1
3538     \& static ev_async mysig;
3539     \&
3540     \& static void
3541     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3542     \& {
3543     \& sometype data;
3544     \&
3545     \& // no locking etc.
3546     \& queue_put (data);
3547     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3548     \& }
3549     \&
3550     \& static void
3551     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3552     \& {
3553     \& sometype data;
3554     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3555     \&
3556     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3557     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3558     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3559     \&
3560     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3561     \& process (data);
3562     \&
3563     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3564     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3565     \& }
3566     .Ve
3567     .Sp
3568     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3569     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3570     either...).
3571     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3572     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3573     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3574     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3575     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3576     .Sp
3577     .Vb 2
3578     \& static ev_async mysig;
3579     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3580     \&
3581     \& static void
3582     \& otherthread (void)
3583     \& {
3584     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3585     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3586     \& queue_put (data);
3587     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3588     \&
3589     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3590     \& }
3591     \&
3592     \& static void
3593     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3594     \& {
3595     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3596     \&
3597     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3598     \& process (data);
3599     \&
3600     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3601     \& }
3602     .Ve
3603     .PP
3604     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3605     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3606     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3607     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3608     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3609 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3610 root 1.71 trust me.
3611 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3612     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3613     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3614 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3615     returns.
3616     .Sp
3617     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3618     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3619     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3620 root 1.61 .Sp
3621 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3622 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3623     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3624     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3625     .Sp
3626     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3627     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3628     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3629     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3630     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3631     zero) under load.
3632 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3633     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3634     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3635     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3636     event loop.
3637     .Sp
3638     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3639     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3640     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3641 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3642 root 1.63 .Sp
3643 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3644     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3645     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3646     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3647 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3648     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3649     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3650     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3651     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3652     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3653 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3654 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3655     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3656     more watchers yourself.
3657     .Sp
3658 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3659     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3660     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3661 root 1.1 .Sp
3662     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3663     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3664 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3665 root 1.1 .Sp
3666 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3667 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3668 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3669 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3670     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3671     events precedence.
3672     .Sp
3673 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3674 root 1.1 .Sp
3675     .Vb 7
3676 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3677     \& {
3678 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3679     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3680 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3681 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3682     \& }
3683 root 1.60 \&
3684 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3685 root 1.1 .Ve
3686 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3687     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3688 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3689 root 1.88 the given events.
3690 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3691     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3692 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3693     which is async-safe.
3694     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3695     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3696     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3697     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3698     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3699 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3700 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3701     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3702     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3703     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3704     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3705     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3706     data:
3707     .PP
3708     .Vb 7
3709     \& struct my_io
3710     \& {
3711     \& ev_io io;
3712     \& int otherfd;
3713     \& void *somedata;
3714     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3715     \& };
3716     \&
3717     \& ...
3718     \& struct my_io w;
3719     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3720     .Ve
3721     .PP
3722     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3723     can cast it back to your own type:
3724     .PP
3725     .Vb 5
3726     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3727     \& {
3728     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3729     \& ...
3730     \& }
3731     .Ve
3732     .PP
3733     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3734     function type instead have been omitted.
3735 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3736 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3737     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3738     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3739     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3740     .PP
3741     .Vb 6
3742     \& struct my_biggy
3743     \& {
3744     \& int some_data;
3745     \& ev_timer t1;
3746     \& ev_timer t2;
3747     \& }
3748     .Ve
3749     .PP
3750     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3751     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3752     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3753     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3754     real programmers):
3755     .PP
3756     .Vb 1
3757     \& #include <stddef.h>
3758     \&
3759     \& static void
3760     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3761     \& {
3762     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3763     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3764     \& }
3765     \&
3766     \& static void
3767     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3768     \& {
3769     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3770     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3771     \& }
3772     .Ve
3773 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3774 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3775     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3776     .PP
3777     .Vb 4
3778     \& callback ()
3779     \& {
3780     \& free (request);
3781     \& }
3782     \&
3783     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3784     .Ve
3785     .PP
3786     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3787     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3788     .PP
3789     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3790     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3791     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3792     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3793     .PP
3794     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3795     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3796     .PP
3797     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3798     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3799     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3800     already been invoked.
3801     .PP
3802     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3803     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3804     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3805 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3806     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3807     pushing it into the pending queue:
3808 root 1.88 .PP
3809     .Vb 2
3810     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3811     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3812     .Ve
3813     .PP
3814     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3815     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3816 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3817 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3818     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3819     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3820     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3821     .PP
3822     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3823     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3824     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3825     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3826 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3827 root 1.85 .PP
3828     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3829     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3830     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3831     .PP
3832     .Vb 2
3833     \& // main loop
3834     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3835     \&
3836     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3837     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3838     \&
3839 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3840 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3841     \&
3842     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3843     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3844     .Ve
3845     .PP
3846     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3847     .PP
3848     .Vb 2
3849     \& // exit modal loop
3850     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3851     \&
3852     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3853     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3854     \&
3855     \& // exit both
3856     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3857     .Ve
3858 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3859 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3860     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3861     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3862     created/added/removed.
3863     .PP
3864     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3865     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3866     languages).
3867     .PP
3868     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3869     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3870     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3871     .PP
3872     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3873     .PP
3874     .Vb 6
3875     \& typedef struct {
3876     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3877     \& ev_async async_w;
3878     \& thread_t tid;
3879     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3880     \& } userdata;
3881     \&
3882     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3883     \& {
3884     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3885     \& static userdata u;
3886     \&
3887     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3888     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3889     \&
3890     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3891     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3892     \&
3893     \& // now associate this with the loop
3894     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3895     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3896     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3897     \&
3898 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3899 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3900     \& }
3901     .Ve
3902     .PP
3903     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3904     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3905     that might have been added:
3906     .PP
3907     .Vb 5
3908     \& static void
3909     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3910     \& {
3911     \& // just used for the side effects
3912     \& }
3913     .Ve
3914     .PP
3915     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3916     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3917     .PP
3918     .Vb 6
3919     \& static void
3920     \& l_release (EV_P)
3921     \& {
3922     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3923     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3924     \& }
3925     \&
3926     \& static void
3927     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3928     \& {
3929     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3930     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3931     \& }
3932     .Ve
3933     .PP
3934     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3935     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3936     .PP
3937     .Vb 4
3938     \& void *
3939     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3940     \& {
3941     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3942     \&
3943     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3944     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3945     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3946     \& l_release (EV_A);
3947     \&
3948     \& return 0;
3949     \& }
3950     .Ve
3951     .PP
3952     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3953     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3954     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3955     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3956     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3957     watchers is very beneficial):
3958     .PP
3959     .Vb 4
3960     \& static void
3961     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3962     \& {
3963     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3964     \&
3965     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3966     \& {
3967     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3968     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3969     \& }
3970     \& }
3971     .Ve
3972     .PP
3973     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3974     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3975     thread to continue:
3976     .PP
3977     .Vb 4
3978     \& static void
3979     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3980     \& {
3981     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3982     \&
3983     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3984     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3985     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3986     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3987     \& }
3988     .Ve
3989     .PP
3990     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3991     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3992     .PP
3993     .Vb 2
3994     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3995     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3996     \&
3997     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3998     \&
3999     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4000     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4001     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4002     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4003     .Ve
4004     .PP
4005     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4006     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4007     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4008     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4009 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4010 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4011     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4012     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4013     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4014     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4015     .PP
4016     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4017     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4018     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4019     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4020     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4021     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4022     .PP
4023     .Vb 2
4024     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4025     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4026     .Ve
4027     .PP
4028     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4029     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4030     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4031     .PP
4032     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4033     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4034     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4035     called):
4036     .PP
4037     .Vb 6
4038     \& void
4039     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4040     \& {
4041 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4042 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4043     \& }
4044     .Ve
4045     .PP
4046     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4047     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4048 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4049 root 1.85 .PP
4050     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4051     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4052     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4053     any waiters.
4054     .PP
4055 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4056 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4057     .PP
4058     .Vb 4
4059     \& // my_ev.h
4060     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4061 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4062 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4063     \&
4064     \& // my_ev.c
4065     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4066     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4067     .Ve
4068     .PP
4069     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4070     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4071     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4072 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4073     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4074     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4075     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4076 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4077 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4078     .Sp
4079     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4080     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4081     .IP "\(bu" 4
4082 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4083     .IP "\(bu" 4
4084     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4085     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4086     .IP "\(bu" 4
4087     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4088     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4089     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4090     .IP "\(bu" 4
4091     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4092     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4093     is an ev_pri field.
4094     .IP "\(bu" 4
4095 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4096 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4097 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4098 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4099     .IP "\(bu" 4
4100     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4101     to use the libev header file and library.
4102 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4103     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4104 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4105     .IX Subsection "C API"
4106     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4107     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4108     will work fine.
4109     .PP
4110     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4111     to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all
4112 root 1.95 other callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic
4113 root 1.92 reschedule callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`throw
4114     ()\*(C'\fR specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C
4115     and \*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_THROW\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4116     .PP
4117     .Vb 6
4118     \& static void
4119     \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_THROW
4120     \& {
4121     \& perror (msg);
4122     \& abort ();
4123     \& }
4124     \&
4125     \& ...
4126     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4127     .Ve
4128     .PP
4129     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4130 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4131 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4132     .PP
4133     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4134     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4135     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4136     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4137     .IX Subsection " API"
4138 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4139 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4140 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4141     .PP
4142     To use it,
4143     .PP
4144     .Vb 1
4145 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4146 root 1.13 .Ve
4147     .PP
4148 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4149     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4150     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4151     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4152     .PP
4153 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4154     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4155     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4156     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4157 root 1.41 .PP
4158 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4159     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4160     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4161     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4162     (preferably after implementing it).
4163 root 1.13 .PP
4164 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4165     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4166     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4167     .PP
4168 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4169 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4170 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4171     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4172     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4173     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4174 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4175 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4176     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4177     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4178 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4179 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4180     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4181     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4182     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4183     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4184 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4185 root 1.13 .Sp
4186     All of those classes have these methods:
4187     .RS 4
4188 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4189     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4190 root 1.13 .PD 0
4191 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4192     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4193 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4194     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4195     .PD
4196 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4197     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4198     .Sp
4199     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4200     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4201     .Sp
4202     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4203     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4204     .Sp
4205     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4206     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4207 root 1.13 .Sp
4208     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4209 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4210     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4211     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4212     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4213     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4214     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4215     .Sp
4216     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4217     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4218     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4219     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4220     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4221     .Sp
4222     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4223     .Sp
4224     .Vb 4
4225 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4226     \& {
4227     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4228     \& }
4229     \&
4230     \& myclass obj;
4231     \& ev::io iow;
4232     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4233 root 1.41 .Ve
4234 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4235     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4236     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4237     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4238     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4239     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4240     list.
4241     .Sp
4242     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4243     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4244     .Sp
4245     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4246     .Sp
4247     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4248     .Sp
4249     .Vb 7
4250     \& struct myfunctor
4251     \& {
4252     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4253     \& {
4254     \& ...
4255     \& }
4256     \& }
4257 root 1.102 \&
4258 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4259     \&
4260     \& ev::io w;
4261     \& w.set (&f);
4262     .Ve
4263 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4264     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4265 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4266     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4267     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4268     .Sp
4269 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4270     .Sp
4271 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4272 root 1.43 .Sp
4273 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4274 root 1.43 .Sp
4275     .Vb 2
4276 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4277     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4278 root 1.43 .Ve
4279 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4280     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4281 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4282     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4283 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4284     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4285 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4286     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4287     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4288     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4289     method.
4290     .Sp
4291     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4292     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4293 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4294     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4295 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4296     constructor already stores the event loop.
4297 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4298     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4299     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4300     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4301     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4302 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4303     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4304     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4305 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4306 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4307     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4308 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4309     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4310 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4311     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4312     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4313 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4314 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4315     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4316     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4317 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4318 root 1.13 .RE
4319     .RS 4
4320     .RE
4321     .PP
4322 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4323     watchers in the constructor.
4324 root 1.13 .PP
4325 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4326 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4327     \& {
4328 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4329 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4330 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4331 root 1.68 \&
4332     \& myclass (int fd)
4333     \& {
4334     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4335 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4336 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4337     \&
4338 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4339     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4340     \&
4341     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4342 root 1.68 \& }
4343     \& };
4344 root 1.13 .Ve
4345 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4346     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4347     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4348 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4349 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4350     me a note.
4351     .IP "Perl" 4
4352     .IX Item "Perl"
4353     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4354     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4355     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4356 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4357     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4358     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4359 root 1.62 .Sp
4360 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4361 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4362 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4363     .IX Item "Python"
4364     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4365 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4366 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4367     .IX Item "Ruby"
4368     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4369 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4370 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4371     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4372 root 1.75 .Sp
4373     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4374     makes rev work even on mingw.
4375 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4376     .IX Item "Haskell"
4377     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4378 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4379 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4380     .IX Item "D"
4381     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4382 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4383 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4384     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4385     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4386 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4387 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4388     .IX Item "Lua"
4389 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4390     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4391 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4392 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4393     .IX Item "Javascript"
4394     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4395     .IP "Others" 4
4396     .IX Item "Others"
4397     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4398 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4399     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4400 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4401 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4402     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4403 root 1.24 .PP
4404     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4405     following macros are defined:
4406 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4407 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4408     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4409     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4410     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4411     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4412     .Sp
4413     .Vb 3
4414 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4415     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4416 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4417 root 1.24 .Ve
4418     .Sp
4419     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4420     which is often provided by the following macro.
4421 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4422 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4423     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4424     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4425     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4426     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4427     .Sp
4428     .Vb 2
4429 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4430     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4431 root 1.60 \&
4432 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4433     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4434 root 1.24 .Ve
4435     .Sp
4436     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4437     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4438 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4439 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4440     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4441     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4442 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4443     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4444     .Sp
4445     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4446     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4447 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4448 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4449     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4450     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4451     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4452     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4453     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4454     .Sp
4455     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4456     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4457 root 1.24 .PP
4458 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4459 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4460 root 1.36 or not.
4461 root 1.24 .PP
4462     .Vb 5
4463 root 1.68 \& static void
4464     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4465     \& {
4466     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4467     \& }
4468     \&
4469     \& ev_check check;
4470     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4471     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4472 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4473 root 1.24 .Ve
4474 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4475     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4476     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4477     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4478     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4479 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4480 root 1.14 .PP
4481 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4482 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4483     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4484     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4485 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4486 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4487     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4488 root 1.68 in your application.
4489 root 1.14 .PP
4490 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4491 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4492     .PP
4493     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4494     configuration (no autoconf):
4495     .PP
4496     .Vb 2
4497 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4498     \& #include "ev.c"
4499 root 1.14 .Ve
4500     .PP
4501     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4502     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4503 root 1.100 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API \s0(best
4504 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4505     where you can put other configuration options):
4506     .PP
4507     .Vb 2
4508 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4509     \& #include "ev.h"
4510 root 1.14 .Ve
4511     .PP
4512     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4513 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4514 root 1.14 as a bug).
4515     .PP
4516     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4517     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4518     .PP
4519     .Vb 4
4520 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4521     \& ev.c
4522     \& ev_vars.h
4523     \& ev_wrap.h
4524     \&
4525     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4526     \&
4527 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4528     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4529     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4530     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4531     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4532 root 1.14 .Ve
4533     .PP
4534     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4535 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4536 root 1.14 .PP
4537 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4538 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4539     .PP
4540 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4541 root 1.14 .PP
4542     .Vb 1
4543 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4544 root 1.14 .Ve
4545     .PP
4546     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4547     .PP
4548     .Vb 1
4549 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4550 root 1.14 .Ve
4551     .PP
4552 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4553 root 1.14 .PP
4554     You need the following additional files for this:
4555     .PP
4556     .Vb 2
4557 root 1.68 \& event.h
4558     \& event.c
4559 root 1.14 .Ve
4560     .PP
4561 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4562 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4563     .PP
4564 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4565 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4566 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4567     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4568 root 1.14 .PP
4569     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4570     .PP
4571     .Vb 1
4572 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4573 root 1.14 .Ve
4574 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4575 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4576 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4577 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4578     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4579     .PP
4580 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4581 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4582     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4583 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4584 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4585     settings.
4586 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3 \s0(h)" 4
4587 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4588     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4589     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4590     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4591     .Sp
4592     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4593     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4594     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4595     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4596     typedef in that case.
4597     .Sp
4598     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4599     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4600     removed completely.
4601 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE \s0(h)" 4
4602 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4603 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4604     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4605     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4606     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4607     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4608 root 1.75 .Sp
4609 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4610 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4611 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4612     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4613     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4614     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4615     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4616     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4617     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4618     this.
4619 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4620     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4621     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4622 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4623     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4624     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4625     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4626 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4627 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4628 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4629     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4630     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4631 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4632     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4633     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4634     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4635     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4636     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4637     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4638 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4639     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4640     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4641     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4642     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4643     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4644     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4645     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4646     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4647     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4648 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4649     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4650     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4651     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4652 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4653     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4654     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4655     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4656     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4657     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4658     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4659 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4660     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4661     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4662 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4663 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4664     will not be compiled in.
4665     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4666     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4667     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4668     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4669 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4670     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4671     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4672     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4673     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4674 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4675     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4676     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4677     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4678     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4679     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4680     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4681     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4682     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4683 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4684     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4685 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4686     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4687     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4688     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4689     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4690 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4691     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4692     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4693     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4694     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4695     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4696     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4697     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4698     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4699     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4700     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4701     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4702 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4703     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4704     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4705     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4706     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4707 root 1.95 environments.
4708 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4709     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4710     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4711     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4712     takes precedence over select.
4713     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4714     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4715     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4716     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4717 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4718     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4719     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4720 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4721     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4722     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4723     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4724     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4725     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4726     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4727     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4728     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4729 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4730 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4731     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4732     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4733     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4734     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4735     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4736     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4737     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4738     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4739 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4740 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4741     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4742     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4743     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4744 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4745     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4746 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4747     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4748     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4749     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4750     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4751     and makes libev faster.
4752     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4753     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4754 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4755     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4756     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4757     libev faster.
4758 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4759     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4760     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4761 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4762     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4763     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4764     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4765     watchers.
4766 root 1.61 .Sp
4767 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4768 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4769 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_H \s0(h)" 4
4770 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4771 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4772 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4773     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4774 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H \s0(h)" 4
4775 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4776 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4777     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4778     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4779 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H \s0(h)" 4
4780 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4781 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4782 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4783 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES \s0(h)" 4
4784 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4785 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4786     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4787     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4788     around libev functions.
4789     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4790     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4791     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4792     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4793     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4794     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4795     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4796 root 1.88 .Sp
4797     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4798     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4799     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4800 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4801     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4802     .PD 0
4803     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4804     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4805     .PD
4806     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4807     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4808     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4809     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4810     .Sp
4811     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4812     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4813     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4814     fine.
4815     .Sp
4816 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4817 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4818     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4819 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4820     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4821     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4822     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4823     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4824     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4825 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4826 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4827     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4828     that can be enabled on the platform.
4829     .Sp
4830     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4831     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4832     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4833     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4834     backend, use this:
4835     .Sp
4836     .Vb 5
4837     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4838     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4839     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4840     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4841     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4842     .Ve
4843     .Sp
4844     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4845 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4846 root 1.82 .RS 4
4847     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4848     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4849     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4850     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4851     .Sp
4852     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4853     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4854     .Sp
4855     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4856     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4857     assertions.
4858 root 1.91 .Sp
4859     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4860     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4861 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4862     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4863     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4864     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4865     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4866     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4867     runtime.
4868 root 1.91 .Sp
4869     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4870     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4871 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4872     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4873     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4874     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4875     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4876     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4877     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4878     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4879     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4880     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4881     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4882     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4883     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4884     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4885     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4886     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4887     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4888     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4889     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4890     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4891     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4892     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4893     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4894     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4895     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4896     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4897     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4898     default.
4899     .RE
4900     .RS 4
4901     .Sp
4902     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4903     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4904     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4905     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4906     .Sp
4907     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4908     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4909     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4910     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4911     .RE
4912 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4913     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4914     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4915     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4916     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4917     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4918     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4919     .Sp
4920     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4921     wants to use libev.
4922     .Sp
4923     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4924     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4925 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4926     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4927     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4928     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4929     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4930     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4931     big.
4932     .Sp
4933     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4934     enabled.
4935 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4936     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4937     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4938     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4939     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4940     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4941 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4942 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4943 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4944     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4945     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4946 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4947     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4948     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4949 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4950     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4951 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4952 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4953     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4954     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4955     power of two).
4956 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4957     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4958     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4959 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4960     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4961     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4962 root 1.65 .Sp
4963 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4964     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4965 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4966     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4967     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4968 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4969 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4970     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4971 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4972 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4973 root 1.65 .Sp
4974 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4975     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4976 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4977     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4978 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4979 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4980     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4981     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4982     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4983     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4984     libev considerably.
4985     .Sp
4986 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4987     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4988 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4989     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4990     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4991 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4992 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4993     though, and it must be identical each time.
4994     .Sp
4995     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4996     .Sp
4997     .Vb 3
4998 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4999     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5000     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5001 root 1.14 .Ve
5002 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE \s0(type)" 4
5003 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5004 root 1.14 .PD 0
5005 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE \s0(watcher, revents)" 4
5006 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5007     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5008     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5009 root 1.14 .PD
5010     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5011     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5012 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5013 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5014 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5015     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5016 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5017 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5018 root 1.100 If you need to re-export the \s-1API \s0(e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5019 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5020     all public symbols, one per line:
5021 root 1.60 .PP
5022 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5023 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5024     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5025 root 1.53 .Ve
5026 root 1.60 .PP
5027 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5028     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5029 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5030 root 1.60 .PP
5031 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5032 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5033 root 1.60 .PP
5034 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5035 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5036 root 1.53 .Ve
5037 root 1.60 .PP
5038 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5039 root 1.60 .PP
5040 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5041     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5042     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5043     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5044     \& ...
5045     .Ve
5046 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5047 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5048     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5049     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5050     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5051     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5052     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5053     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5054     file.
5055 root 1.60 .PP
5056 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5057 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5058 root 1.60 .PP
5059 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5060     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5061     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5062     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5063     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5064     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5065     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5066     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5067 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5068 root 1.60 \&
5069 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5070 root 1.14 .Ve
5071 root 1.60 .PP
5072 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5073 root 1.60 .PP
5074 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5075 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5076     \& #include "ev.c"
5077 root 1.14 .Ve
5078 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5079     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5080 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5081 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5082     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5083 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5084 root 1.72 .PP
5085 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5086 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5087     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5088     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5089     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5090     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5091 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5092     .PP
5093     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5094     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5095     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5096     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5097     a mutex per loop).
5098     .PP
5099     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5100     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5101     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5102     outside\*(R".
5103 root 1.64 .PP
5104 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5105     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5106 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5107 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5108     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5109 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5110 root 1.64 .Sp
5111     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5112     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5113     .IP "\(bu" 4
5114     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5115     .Sp
5116     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5117     exists, but it is always a good start.
5118     .IP "\(bu" 4
5119     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5120 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5121 root 1.64 .Sp
5122 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5123 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5124     .IP "\(bu" 4
5125     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5126 root 1.71 event loop.
5127     .Sp
5128     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5129     (or from signal contexts...).
5130     .Sp
5131     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5132     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5133     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5134     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5135 root 1.72 .PP
5136 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5137 root 1.79 .PP
5138 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5139 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5140 root 1.72 .PP
5141     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5142     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5143 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5144 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5145     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5146     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5147 root 1.64 .PP
5148 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5149 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5150 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5151 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5152 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5153     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5154     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5155     scared by this.
5156     .PP
5157     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5158     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5159     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5160     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5161     .PP
5162     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5163     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5164     maintainable.
5165     .PP
5166     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5167     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5168     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5169 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5170 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5171     such buggy versions.
5172     .PP
5173     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5174     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5175     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5176     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5177     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5178 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5179 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5180     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5181     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5182     .PP
5183     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5184     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5185     .PP
5186     .Vb 3
5187     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5188     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5189     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5190     .Ve
5191     .PP
5192     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5193 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5194 root 1.72 .PP
5195     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5196     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5197     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5198     confused.
5199     .PP
5200     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5201     make it into some kind of religion.
5202     .PP
5203     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5204     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5205     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5206     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5207     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5208 root 1.60 .PP
5209 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5210     I suggest using suppression lists.
5211     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5212     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5213 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5214 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5215     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5216     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5217     .PP
5218     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5219     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5220     .PP
5221     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5222 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5223 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5224     .PP
5225     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5226     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5227     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5228 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5229 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5230     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5231     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5232     OpenGL drivers.
5233     .PP
5234     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5235     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5236     .PP
5237     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5238     only sockets, many support pipes.
5239     .PP
5240     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5241     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5242     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5243     probably going to work well.
5244     .PP
5245     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5246     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5247     .PP
5248     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5249     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5250     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5251     .PP
5252     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5253     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5254     a loop.
5255     .PP
5256     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5257     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5258     .PP
5259     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5260 root 1.100 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X, \s0\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5261 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5262     you use more.
5263     .PP
5264     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5265     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5266 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5267     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5268 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5269     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5270     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5271     .PP
5272     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5273     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5274     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5275     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5276     .PP
5277     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5278     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5279     .PP
5280     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5281     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5282     .PP
5283     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5284     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5285     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5286     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5287     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5288     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5289     great.
5290     .PP
5291     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5292     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5293     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5294 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5295 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5296     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5297     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5298     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5299 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5300     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5301 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5302 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5303     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5304     .PP
5305 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5306     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5307     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5308     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5309     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5310 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5311 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5312 root 1.82 environment.
5313 root 1.60 .PP
5314 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5315 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5316     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5317     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5318 root 1.65 .PP
5319 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5320     embedding it into other applications.
5321     .PP
5322 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5323     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5324     .PP
5325 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5326     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5327     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5328     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5329 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5330 root 1.68 available).
5331     .PP
5332 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5333     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5334     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5335     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5336 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5337 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5338 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5339 root 1.68 .PP
5340     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5341     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5342     of \fIev.h\fR:
5343     .PP
5344     .Vb 2
5345     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5346     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5347     \&
5348     \& #include "ev.h"
5349     .Ve
5350     .PP
5351     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5352 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5353 root 1.68 .PP
5354     .Vb 2
5355     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5356     \& #include "ev.c"
5357     .Ve
5358 root 1.82 .PP
5359     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5360     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5361     .PP
5362 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5363     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5364     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5365 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5366     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5367 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5368     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5369 root 1.82 .PP
5370 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5371 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5372 root 1.82 .PP
5373 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5374 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5375     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5376 root 1.60 .Ve
5377 root 1.82 .PP
5378 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5379 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5380 root 1.82 .PP
5381     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5382     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5383     .PP
5384 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5385 root 1.82 .PP
5386 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5387     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5388 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5389 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5390 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5391 root 1.82 .PP
5392 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5393     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5394 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5395     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5396 root 1.82 .PP
5397 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5398 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5399     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5400     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5401     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5402     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5403     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5404     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5405 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5406     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5407 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5408     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5409     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5410 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5411 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5412     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5413     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5414 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5415 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5416     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5417     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5418 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5419     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5420     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5421     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5422 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5423     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5424     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5425     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5426 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5427     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5428     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5429     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5430 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5431 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5432     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5433     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5434     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5435     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5436     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5437     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5438     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5439     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5440     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5441     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5442     .Sp
5443     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5444 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5445     thread as well.
5446 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5447     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5448     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5449 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5450 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5451     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5452     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5453     watchers.
5454 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5455     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5456     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5457     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5458 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5459     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5460     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5461 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5462 root 1.88 .Sp
5463 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5464 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5465     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5466     something like that, just kidding).
5467 root 1.65 .PP
5468     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5469 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5470     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5471     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5472     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5473     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5474 root 1.67 .PP
5475 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5476     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5477     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5478     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5479     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5480     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5481     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5482     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5483     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5484     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5485     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5486     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5487     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5488     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5489     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5490     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5491     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5492     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5493     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5494     .PD 0
5495     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5496     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5497     .PD
5498     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5499     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5500     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5501     is rare).
5502     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5503     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5504     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5505     fixed position in the storage array.
5506     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5507     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5508     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5509     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5510     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5511     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5512     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5513     .PD 0
5514     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5515     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5516     .PD
5517     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5518     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5519     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5520     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5521     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5522     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5523     .PD 0
5524     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5525     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5526     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5527     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5528     .PD
5529     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5530 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5531     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5532     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5533 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5534     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5535 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5536 root 1.82 .PP
5537     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5538     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5539     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5540     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5541     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5542     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5543     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5544     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5545 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5546 root 1.82 section.
5547     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5548     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5549     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5550     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5551     .Sp
5552     .Vb 2
5553     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5554     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5555     .Ve
5556     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5557     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5558     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5559     .Sp
5560     .Vb 3
5561     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5562     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5563     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5564     \&
5565     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5566     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5567     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5568     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5569     \&
5570     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5571     \&
5572     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5573     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5574     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5575     .Ve
5576     .Sp
5577     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5578     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5579     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5580     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5581     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5582     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5583     typedef.
5584     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5585     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5586     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5587     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5588     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5589     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5590 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5591     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5592     .IP "active" 4
5593     .IX Item "active"
5594 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5595 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5596 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5597     .IX Item "application"
5598     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5599 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5600     .IX Item "backend"
5601     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5602 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5603     .IX Item "callback"
5604     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5605     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5606     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5607 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5608     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5609 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5610     .IP "event" 4
5611     .IX Item "event"
5612     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5613     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5614     any other events happening anymore.
5615     .Sp
5616     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5617 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5618 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5619     .IX Item "event library"
5620     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5621     .IP "event loop" 4
5622     .IX Item "event loop"
5623     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5624     into callback invocations.
5625     .IP "event model" 4
5626     .IX Item "event model"
5627     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5628     watchers and events.
5629     .IP "pending" 4
5630     .IX Item "pending"
5631 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5632 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5633 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5634     .IX Item "real time"
5635     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5636     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5637     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5638     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5639 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5640 root 1.78 clock.
5641     .IP "watcher" 4
5642     .IX Item "watcher"
5643     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5644     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5645 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5646     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5647 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5648 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.